LUK 1 8 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν 1 in his performing as priest The pronoun **his** refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 1 8 wed9 writing-background ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ 1 in the order of his division This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 1 9 vq5g writing-background κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε 1 according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 1 9 pa9c translate-unknown ἔλαχε 1 came up by lot A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you can use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 1 9 pa9c translate-unknown ἔλαχε 1 came up by lot A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 1 9 l013 grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 1 9 ph9z translate-unknown τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι 1 to burn incense The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 1 10 bjl6 figs-hyperbole πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ 1 the whole crowd of the people This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ LUK 1 73 sk92 figs-metaphor τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν 1 to grant to us Ze
LUK 1 74 f4e4 figs-activepassive ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας 1 having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 1 74 gm55 figs-metonymy ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν 1 out of the hand of our enemies The **hand** figuratively represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 1 74 v55j figs-explicit ἀφόβως 1 fearlessly The implication is that if the Israelites were still under enemy domination, they would be afraid of what their enemies might do to them if they worshiped and obeyed the Lord. Alternate translation: “without being afraid of what our enemies might do to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 75 l5n2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in holiness and righteousness If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **holiness** and **righteousness** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 1 75 l5n2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in holiness and righteousness If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **holiness** and **righteousness** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 1 75 tn5i figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 75 l093 figs-idiom πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν 1 all our days Here Zechariah uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 76 f6r1 figs-explicit καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον 1 And indeed, you, child Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you can indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 3 7 sxn9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 3 7 b724 figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Offspring of vipers The expression **offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 3 7 l183 translate-unknown γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Offspring of vipers If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 3 7 mcq5 figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You cannot escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 3 7 mcq5 figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you couldnot escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 3 7 g7tw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 from the coming wrath John is using the word **wrath** to refer figuratively to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 3 8 pz16 figs-metaphor ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 produce fruits worthy of repentance John is figuratively comparing a person’s behavior to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 3 8 l184 figs-abstractnouns ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας 1 worthy of repentance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **repentance**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 4 18 utq5 figs-activepassive ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει 1 to set free those who are oppressed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 19 z262 figs-idiom κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν 1 to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord Luke is using the term **year** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 4 20 sm11 figs-explicit πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον 1 rolling up the scroll A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 20 ehx3 translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 the attendant The **attendant** refers to a synagogue worker who, with proper care and reverence, would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 4 20 ehx3 translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 the attendant The **attendant** refers to a synagogue worker who, with proper care and reverence, would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 4 20 l217 figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 he sat down Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 20 pu89 figs-synecdoche πάντων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ 1 all the eyes in the synagogue Luke is using one part of people, their **eyes**, figuratively to represent people themselves in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 4 22 ty6d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος? 1 Is this not the son of Joseph? The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 4 23 l220 figs-quotesinquotes πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Surely you will say this proverb to me, ‘Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 4 23 u4ps writing-proverbs ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν 1 Doctor, heal yourself Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
LUK 4 23 ww1w figs-explicit ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you can do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 23 ww1w figs-explicit ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου 1 Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you could do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 24 q3a9 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
LUK 4 24 n2cp writing-proverbs οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ 1 no prophet is accepted in his hometown Jesus makes a short, general statement in order to rebuke the people. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “You think you know all about me because I grew up here, and so you cannot accept that I am genuinely a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
LUK 4 24 n2cp writing-proverbs οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ 1 no prophet is accepted in his hometown Jesus makes a short, general statement in order to rebuke the people. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “You think you know all about me because I grew up here, and so you couldnot accept that I am genuinely a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
LUK 4 25 u896 ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 In truth I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
LUK 4 25 l221 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου 1 during the days of Elijah Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 4 25 g8r3 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου 1 during the days of Elijah The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you can make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 25 g8r3 figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου 1 during the days of Elijah The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you could make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 4 25 l222 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς 1 the sky was shut up If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 25 spq7 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς 1 the sky was shut up Jesus figuratively describes the sky as if God had closed it so that no rain could fall from it. Alternate translation: “when no rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 4 25 ukl6 translate-unknown λιμὸς μέγας 1 a great famine A **famine** is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ LUK 5 13 ziz1 figs-imperative καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean This was not a c
LUK 5 13 l48a figs-personification ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 the leprosy went away from him Luke speaks figuratively of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively go **away from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 5 14 q18t figs-quotations αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν 1 he instructed him to tell no one, but, “Go” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
LUK 5 14 l249 figs-explicit μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 5 14 v1wn figs-explicit προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς 1 offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, as Moses commanded Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you can become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 5 14 v1wn figs-explicit προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς 1 offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, as Moses commanded Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 5 14 jk14 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 for a testimony to them A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 5 14 nz37 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 them **Them** could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could express either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 5 15 ng3z figs-personification διήρχετο…μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 the word about him spread even more Luke speaks figuratively of this **word** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 6 29 l309 figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 from the one who takes away your cloak, also do not withhold your tunic Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 6 29 ic4n figs-litotes καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς 1 also do not withhold your tunic Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
LUK 6 30 d8y6 figs-hypo παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου 1 Give to everyone who asks you Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 6 30 l310 figs-youcrowd σε…σὰ 1 you … yours Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 6 30 l310 figs-youcrowd σε…σὰ 1 you … yours Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 6 30 ts8c figs-hypo ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει 1 from the one who takes away what is yours, do not ask for it back Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 6 31 te6e καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως 1 as you desire that men would do to you, do the same to them In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
LUK 6 31 l311 figs-gendernotations καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 as you desire that men would do to you Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 6 40 a6ym figs-activepassive κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς 1 everyone having been fully trained If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 6 41 l7vj figs-rquestion τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 6 41 jpt3 figs-metaphor τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 6 41 l325 figs-youcrowd βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 you look … your … you do not notice … your own Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 6 41 j1r5 translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 the speck of wood If your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, in your translation you can use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 6 41 l325 figs-youcrowd βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 you look … your … you do not notice … your own Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 6 41 j1r5 translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 the speck of wood If your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, in your translation you can use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 6 41 ud6q figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 of your brother The term **brother** figuratively refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 6 41 l326 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 your brother This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 6 41 ssu3 figs-metaphor τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 6 41 l327 figs-hyperbole τὴν…δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ 1 the log that is in your own eye A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 6 41 h9a4 translate-unknown δοκὸν 1 the log You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of **wood** that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 6 42 l345 figs-youcrowd πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 How can you say to your brother Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular here. (The terms **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 6 42 l345 figs-youcrowd πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 How can you say to your brother Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular here. (The terms **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 6 42 rkk6 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν 1 How can you say Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 6 42 l346 figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες 1 to your brother, ‘Brother, let me’ The term **brother** figuratively means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in [6:41](../06/41.md). But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as **Brother** or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 6 42 l328 figs-metaphor ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου 1 let me take out the speck of wood that is in your eye This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “let me help you correct some of your faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ LUK 6 49 sjf5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Jesus uses this word to
LUK 6 49 l347 figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας 1 the one who hears and does not do Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from [6:47](../06/47.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 6 49 wg4w figs-simile ὅμοιός ἐστιν 1 he is like Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 6 49 l342 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομήσαντι οἰκίαν 1 a man who built a house Here Jesus is using **man** in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person who built a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 6 49 yu5r translate-unknown ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου 1 on the ground without a foundation The phrase **on the ground without a foundation** refers to the same method of building as in [6:48](../06/48.md). You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you can use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 6 49 yu5r translate-unknown ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου 1 on the ground without a foundation The phrase **on the ground without a foundation** refers to the same method of building as in [6:48](../06/48.md). You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you could use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 6 49 bs8c ᾗ προσέρρηξεν ὁ ποταμός 1 against which the torrent of water flowed In this context, the word **flowed** indicates violent impact. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The floodwaters crashed against it”
LUK 6 49 q98t συνέπεσεν 1 collapsed Alternate translation: “it fell down” or “it came apart”
LUK 6 49 jm86 ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα 1 the ruin of that house was great Your language may require you to say what was responsible for the **ruin** of the **house**. Alternate translation: “the floodwaters completely demolished that house”
@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your … you The words **your** and **y
LUK 7 27 l378 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 who will prepare your way before you As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 7 28 gfz7 figs-litotes μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν 1 no one is greater than John Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
LUK 7 28 c33u figs-nominaladj ὁ…μικρότερος 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 7 28 l379 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 7 39 tbq3 figs-explicit τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν 1 who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state his assumption explicitly. Alternate translation: “that this woman is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 7 40 l388 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 answering Jesus said to him Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the Pharisee was thinking. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 7 40 u3cg translate-names Σίμων 1 Simon This was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 7 40 l389 ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν 1 And he says, “Say it, Teacher!” To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
LUK 7 40 l389 ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν 1 And he says, “Say it, Teacher!” To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
LUK 7 40 l390 figs-imperative Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ 1 Say it, Teacher! Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 7 40 l391 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
LUK 7 41 sv92 figs-parables δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι 1 There were two debtors To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 8 48 l464 ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has saved you In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
LUK 8 48 ch7m figs-idiom πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην 1 Go in peace This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 8 49 m58z figs-explicit ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking This refers implicitly to what Jesus was saying in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was still saying these things to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 8 49 l465 ἔρχεταί τις 1 someone comes To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
LUK 8 49 l465 ἔρχεταί τις 1 someone comes To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
LUK 8 49 deu3 figs-metonymy τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 someone from the synagogue leader This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching over his daughter with the others. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 8 49 id9v figs-explicit μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Do not trouble the Teacher any longer This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. Alternate translation: “There is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, so do not make him come to your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 8 49 n6ez τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ LUK 9 33 l504 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Lu
LUK 9 33 npk9 writing-pronouns ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 as they were going away from him The pronoun **they** refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 9 33 l505 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 for us … let us make Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 9 33 mby6 translate-unknown σκηνὰς 1 tents The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 9 33 l506 μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει 1 not knowing what he says To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He did not know what he was saying”
LUK 9 33 l506 μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει 1 not knowing what he says To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He did not know what he was saying”
LUK 9 34 ct1w writing-pronouns ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 as he was saying this Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 9 34 e75d figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. Rather, given all the unusual things that had already taken place on this mountain, they were afraid of what might happen to them once the cloud came completely over them. Alternate translation: “they were very apprehensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 9 34 asa6 εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην 1 they entered into the cloud This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: “the cloud surrounded them”
LUK 9 44 l521 figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men The term **hands** figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 9 44 l522 figs-explicit εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 9 45 l523 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου 1 this word … about this word Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 9 45 ub1r figs-activepassive ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 it was hidden from them If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 9 45 ub1r figs-activepassive ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 it was hidden from them If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 9 46 dh3w writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 among them Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun **them** does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the **greatest**. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 9 46 l524 τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 1 which of them might be the greatest Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
LUK 9 47 cx62 figs-metaphor εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 knowing the reasoning in their hearts Here Luke uses **hearts** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and evaluations. Alternate translation: “knowing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 32 l619 figs-explicit ἀντιπαρῆλθεν 1 passed by on the other side The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 33 z3xt writing-participants Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 10 33 cyp5 figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 33 l620 grammar-connect-logic-contrast Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. You can do the same in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
LUK 10 33 l620 grammar-connect-logic-contrast Σαμαρείτης δέ τις 1 But a certain Samaritan Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. you could do the same in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
LUK 10 33 w8qm ἐσπλαγχνίσθη 1 he was moved with compassion Alternate translation: “he felt sorry for him and wanted to help him”
LUK 10 34 emq5 figs-events κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον 1 he bound up his wounds, pouring on oil and wine The Samaritan would have put the **oil and wine** on the **wounds** first, and then **bound up** the **wounds**. Alternate translation: “he put oil and wine on the wounds and then wrapped them with cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
LUK 10 34 um21 figs-explicit ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον 1 pouring on oil and wine The **wine** was used to clean the **wounds**, and the **oil** was used to prevent infection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ LUK 11 34 l701 ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 But when it is bad In thi
LUK 11 35 z96u figs-exmetaphor σκόπει…μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν 1 beware that the light that is in you is not darkness Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “It would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 11 36 g336 figs-simile ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε 1 it will all be illuminated, as when the lamp with its brightness illuminates you Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 11 37 h6zz writing-newevent ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι 1 and when he had spoken Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “and when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 37 l702 ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος 1 a Pharisee asks him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
LUK 11 37 l702 ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος 1 a Pharisee asks him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
LUK 11 37 l703 writing-participants Φαρισαῖος 1 a Pharisee This introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 11 37 x6nx translate-unknown ἀνέπεσεν 1 reclined to eat It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “sat down at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 11 38 bm8j figs-explicit οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη 1 he did not first wash The Pharisees had a rule that people had to **wash** their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2000,11 +2000,11 @@ LUK 11 43 w6pv figs-idiom τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν 1 the first seats
LUK 11 43 sz72 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς 1 the greetings The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 44 hag2 figs-simile ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 you are like the unseen graves, and the men walking over them do not know it Jesus is saying that the Pharisees are like unmarked graves because they appear to be ceremonially clean, and so people do not realize that they should avoid them and their teaching. Alternate translation: “you are like burial places that people should not go near, but people do not realize that because the places are unmarked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 11 44 l708 figs-explicit ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα 1 you are like the unseen graves The implication is that these **graves** are **unseen**, that is, people do not know that they are there, because they do not have markers such as the stones or plaques that are customarily used to identify graves and to memorialize the people who are buried in them. Alternate translation: “you are like unmarked graves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 44 mrw1 translate-unknown μνημεῖα 1 graves The term **graves** refers to holes dug in the ground where dead bodies are buried. If your readers would not be familiar with **graves**, you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “burial places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 11 44 mrw1 translate-unknown μνημεῖα 1 graves The term **graves** refers to holes dug in the ground where dead bodies are buried. If your readers would not be familiar with **graves**, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “burial places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 11 44 l709 figs-gendernotations καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω 1 and the men walking over them Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that people walk over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 11 44 h9x7 figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 44 l710 figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 do not know it Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness figuratively to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in [11:42](../11/42.md) that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 11 45 l711 ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Then answering one of the lawyers says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
LUK 11 45 l711 ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Then answering one of the lawyers says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
LUK 11 45 l712 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…λέγει 1 answering … says Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 11 45 u1vv writing-participants τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 11 45 l713 translate-unknown τις τῶν νομικῶν 1 one of the lawyers See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 25 n286 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν 1 add a cubit to his lifespan Jesus is speaking figuratively of the **lifespan** as if it were measured in length rather than in time. Alternate translation: “make his life any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 12 25 l777 translate-unknown πῆχυν 1 a cubit A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 25 l778 figs-explicit πῆχυν 1 a cubit The implication may be that since a **cubit** is a relatively short distance, it figuratively represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 26 hl4d figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε? 1 If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you cannot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 12 26 hl4d figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε? 1 If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest? Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you couldnot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 12 26 l779 figs-nominaladj ἐλάχιστον 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 12 26 l780 figs-explicit τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 27 h293 κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει 1 Consider the lilies—how they grow Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
@ -2260,8 +2260,8 @@ LUK 12 50 k4e8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Jesus uses this word t
LUK 12 50 hn1j figs-metaphor βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι 1 I have a baptism to be baptized with Jesus speaks figuratively of **baptism** to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 12 50 l822 figs-activepassive βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι 1 I have a baptism to be baptized with If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 50 r2yj figs-exclamations πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ 1 how I am distressed until it is completed This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be distressed until my suffering is completed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
LUK 12 50 l823 figs-activepassive πῶς συνέχομαι 1 how I am distressed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 50 l824 figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ 1 until it is completed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 50 l823 figs-activepassive πῶς συνέχομαι 1 how I am distressed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 50 l824 figs-activepassive ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ 1 until it is completed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 51 s32r figs-rquestion δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ? 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth? Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 12 51 l825 figs-metonymy δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth Jesus says **the earth** figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 12 51 l826 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ 1 to give peace on the earth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 12 51 l828 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
LUK 12 52 vrt5 figs-metonymy πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ 1 five in one house Jesus uses the term **house** to refer figuratively to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 12 52 l829 figs-activepassive διαμεμερισμένοι 1 divided If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 52 fln4 figs-ellipsis τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν 1 three against two, and two against three Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says figuratively earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 12 52 fln4 figs-ellipsis τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν 1 three against two, and two against three Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says figuratively earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 12 52 l830 figs-parallelism τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν 1 three against two, and two against three These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 12 53 qr7s figs-activepassive διαμερισθήσονται 1 They will be divided If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 12 53 l831 figs-parallelism πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί 1 father against son, and son against father These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 13 7 l855 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The man uses the term **behold** to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 7 hg35 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ? 1 Why is it even idling the ground? The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 7 l856 figs-metaphor τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ 1 idling the ground The man speaks figuratively of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it … keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 8 pm3j ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ 1 But answering he says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
LUK 13 8 pm3j ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ 1 But answering he says to him To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
LUK 13 8 l857 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει 1 answering he says Together the terms **answering** and **says** mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος 1 leave it this year also Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
LUK 13 8 st4w translate-unknown βάλω κόπρια 1 put on manure The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ LUK 13 16 br72 figs-metaphor θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ 1 a daughter of Abr
LUK 13 16 euq2 figs-metaphor ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 whom Satan bound Jesus speaks figuratively of the evil spirit causing the crippling disease as if Satan had tied the woman up. Alternate translation: “whom Satan kept crippled by this illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 16 l863 figs-metonymy ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan Jesus figuratively calls the evil spirit **Satan** by association with the leader of the evil spirits. Alternate translation: “this evil spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 13 16 mh31 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 behold, for 18 years Jesus uses the term **behold** to emphasize the fact that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Your language may have its own way of emphasizing this. Alternate translation: “for eighteen long years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 16 g5b7 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου? 1 ought she not to have been released Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 16 g5b7 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου? 1 ought she not to have been released Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 13 16 l864 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου 1 from this bond Jesus speaks again about the woman’s disease figuratively as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 16 l865 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 on the day of the Sabbath Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
LUK 13 17 l866 figs-activepassive κατῃσχύνοντο 1 were put to shame If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 18 l867 figs-abstractnouns τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 What is the kingdom of God like See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “What is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 13 19 g4hr figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 13 19 l868 figs-parables ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 It is like a mustard seed This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 13 19 x3p8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 19 x3p8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 19 l869 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 13 19 wv4q figs-explicit ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ 1 took and threw into his garden In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 13 19 avk2 figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ 1 the birds of the sky nested in its branches In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
LUK 13 34 zhg8 figs-activepassive τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 those who are sent to her If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 13 34 rj48 figs-exclamations ποσάκις ἠθέλησα 1 How often have I desired This is an exclamation and not a question. Alternate translation: “I have desired so often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
LUK 13 34 q1i3 figs-metaphor ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου 1 to gather your children Jesus is figuratively describing the people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the **children** of the city. Alternate translation: “to gather your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 34 q4nf figs-ellipsis ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 the way a hen her own brood under her wings Jesus is leaving out the word **gathers** that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply this word from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her own brood under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 13 34 q4nf figs-ellipsis ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 the way a hen her own brood under her wings Jesus is leaving out the word **gathers** that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply this word from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her own brood under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 13 34 l916 figs-you σου 1 your Even though Jesus is speaking of the people who live in Jerusalem, he is figuratively addressing the city, so **your** would be singular. The pronoun **you** would also be a singular pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you were not willing,” and in the phrase “sent to you,” if you decide to use the second person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 13 34 kb9t figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 the way a hen gathers her brood under her wings Jesus uses this comparison to describe how he wishes he could care for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “just as if I were a hen gathering her chicks under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
LUK 13 34 l917 translate-unknown τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν 1 her brood The term **brood** refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -2495,14 +2495,14 @@ LUK 14 8 l938 figs-metaphor τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν 1 the first place S
LUK 14 8 t1r5 figs-activepassive ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 a more honorable than you may have been invited by him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited a person who is more important than you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 8 l939 figs-nominaladj ἐντιμότερός 1 a more honorable Jesus is using the comparative adjective **more honorable** as a noun. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is more important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 14 8 m5b9 figs-youcrowd σου 1 you Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in [14:8-10](../14/08.md). But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
LUK 14 9 l940 translate-unknown ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας 1 when the one who invited you and him arrives In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 14 9 l940 translate-unknown ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας 1 when the one who invited you and him arrives In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 14 9 ecp7 figs-idiom ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν 1 you will begin with shame to take the last place Jesus uses the term **begin** idiomatically to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 14 9 gqa6 figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 the last place The term **last** figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 14 9 l941 figs-explicit τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 the last place The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 14 10 x5qh figs-activepassive ὅταν κληθῇς 1 when you are invited If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 10 l942 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 recline to eat See how you translated this in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 14 10 by81 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον 1 in the last place See how you translated this in [14:9](../14/09.md). Alternate translation: “among the least important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 14 10 l943 translate-unknown ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε 1 when the one who has invited you comes In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 14 10 l943 translate-unknown ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε 1 when the one who has invited you comes In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you could use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 14 10 ck9k figs-metaphor προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον 1 come up higher The host speaks figuratively of the more important places at the feast being **higher** than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 14 10 h5ee figs-idiom ἔσται σοι δόξα 1 there will be honor to you This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 14 10 l944 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον 1 before all those reclining to eat with you Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2765,7 +2765,7 @@ LUK 16 6 m059 translate-bvolume πεντήκοντα 1 50 If your readers would
LUK 16 7 sy3y figs-quotesinquotes ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις? 1 Then to another he said, ‘And you, how much do you owe?’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 7 pq2u translate-bvolume ἑκατὸν κόρους 1 100 cors The word **cors** is the plural of “cor,” an ancient measurement equal to about one fifth of a metric ton or about ten bushels. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. You could also use a general term, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 tons” (metric tons) or “1,000 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
LUK 16 7 m060 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα 1 And he said, ‘100 cors of wheat.’ He says to him, ‘Take your bill, and write 80.’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told the manager that he owed 100 cors of wheat. The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 7 m061 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
LUK 16 7 m061 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
LUK 16 7 m062 translate-unknown σου τὰ γράμματα 1 your bill See how you translated this in [16:6](../16/06.md). Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 16 7 tn17 translate-bvolume ὀγδοήκοντα 1 80 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
LUK 16 8 nfz3 φρονίμως ἐποίησεν 1 he had acted shrewdly Alternate translation: “he had looked out for himself” or “he had planned for the future”
@ -2839,7 +2839,7 @@ LUK 16 22 hn6v figs-activepassive ἐτάφη 1 was buried If your readers would
LUK 16 23 m082 translate-names ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ 1 in Hades **Hades** was the Greek name for the abode of the dead. You could use that name in your translation, or you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he went to Hades, where” or “he went to hell, where” or “he went to the place of the dead, where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 16 23 tl8x figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 lifting up his eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 16 23 vca4 ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις 1 being in torment Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
LUK 16 23 m083 ὁρᾷ 1 he sees To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
LUK 16 23 m083 ὁρᾷ 1 he sees To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
LUK 16 23 qpd2 figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ 1 in his bosom See how you translated this expression in [16:22](../16/22.md). Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 24 m084 figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 crying out he said, ‘Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am tormented in this flame.’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 24 dpp9 figs-hendiadys αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν 1 crying out he said Together the terms **crying out** and **said** mean that the rich man spoke what follows as a loud cry. Alternate translation: “the rich man shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@ -2867,7 +2867,7 @@ LUK 16 27 m090 figs-metaphor Πάτερ 1 Father The rich man is using the term
LUK 16 27 m091 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 to the house of my father The rich man is using the word **house** figuratively to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 16 28 y1xn figs-quotesinquotes ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου 1 for I have five brothers—in order that he might warn them, so that they would not also come to this place of torment If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 28 x8xk figs-explicit ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς 1 in order that he might warn them The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 29 m092 λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ 1 But Abraham says To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
LUK 16 29 m092 λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ 1 But Abraham says To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
LUK 16 29 m093 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν 1 But Abraham says, ‘They have Moses and the prophets; let them listen to them’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 29 v8eh figs-explicit ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 They have Moses and the prophets The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 16 29 x8pt figs-metonymy Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας 1 Moses and the prophets Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 17 7 m121 figs-quotesinquotes εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε 1 will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 17 7 va34 figs-explicit δοῦλον…ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα 1 a servant plowing or tending sheep It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 7 m122 translate-unknown ἀνάπεσε 1 recline to eat See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “sit down to eat” or “sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’? Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you can serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 17 8 iw9j figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’? Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you could serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 17 8 m123 figs-quotesinquotes οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ? 1 will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’? If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 17 8 kr7u translate-unknown περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 girding yourself serve me See how you translated this in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
LUK 17 12 d9mg writing-participants ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες 1 ten men who were lepers met him Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 17 12 i1sc figs-explicit οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν 1 who stood at a distance The **lepers** were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. According to the law of Moses, they were ceremonially unclean for as long as they had a skin disease. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They stood at a distance, as they were required to do because they were ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 13 l1j4 figs-idiom αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voice This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 13 m134 αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voice If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one **voice**, you can use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
LUK 17 13 m134 αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they lifted up their voice If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one **voice**, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
LUK 17 13 fsn5 figs-imperative ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 have mercy on us This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 17 13 m135 figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 have mercy on us The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 14 mrx8 figs-explicit πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν 1 Go show yourselves to the priests People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 14 m137 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in the episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 17 14 jpk2 figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθησαν 1 they were cleansed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 14 jpk2 figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθησαν 1 they were cleansed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 14 m138 figs-explicit ἐκαθαρίσθησαν 1 they were cleansed Luke uses the term **cleansed** for the healing of these lepers because when they were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God healed them and so they were no longer ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 15 tdt1 figs-activepassive ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη 1 seeing that he had been healed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 15 tdt1 figs-activepassive ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη 1 seeing that he had been healed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 15 x5ja ὑπέστρεψεν 1 returned Alternate translation: “came back to where Jesus was”
LUK 17 15 pe1z figs-idiom μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God with a loud voice This is an idiom that means the leper raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “loudly praising God” or “shouting praises God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 17 16 ca9n translate-symaction ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 he fell on his face at his feet Bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a humble sign of gratitude and respect for him. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 17 34 p84l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
LUK 17 34 j3b6 figs-hypo ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in that night there will be two in one bed Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 34 at99 translate-unknown ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς 1 in one bed If your readers would not be familiar with what a **bed** is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 34 e9hj figs-activepassive ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken and the other will be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can state who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 34 e9hj figs-activepassive ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken and the other will be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 34 m183 figs-hypo ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται 1 The one will be taken If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 35 il9v figs-hypo ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 There will be two grinding together Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 35 m184 δύο 1 two The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In [17:34](../17/34.md) and [17:36](../17/36.md), grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
LUK 17 35 t4zn translate-unknown ἀλήθουσαι 1 grinding The term **grinding** refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 35 m185 figs-activepassive ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken, but the other will be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 35 m185 figs-activepassive ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται 1 The one will be taken, but the other will be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 35 m186 figs-hypo ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται 1 The one will be taken If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 36 m187 translate-textvariants δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 There will be two in the field; one will be taken and the other will be left See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
LUK 17 36 m188 figs-hypo δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ 1 There will be two in the field Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 36 m189 figs-activepassive εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 one will be taken and the other will be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 36 m189 figs-activepassive εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται 1 one will be taken and the other will be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you could state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 36 m190 figs-hypo εἰς παραληφθήσεται 1 one will be taken If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 17 37 m191 ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 answering they say to him To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
LUK 17 37 m191 ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 answering they say to him To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
LUK 17 37 m192 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 answering they say to him Together the two words **answering** and **say** mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 17 37 wmg6 figs-explicit ποῦ, Κύριε 1 Where, Lord The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 37 fen1 writing-proverbs ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
LUK 18 29 m237 figs-abstractnouns εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the sake of the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 18 30 s6rp figs-doublenegatives ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ 1 who will by no means not receive This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you can finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in this time … in the age that is coming Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and in the age that is coming, eternal life Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and in the age that is coming, eternal life Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he took the Twelve aside Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
LUK 18 31 m239 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 18 31 m240 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 19 16 j7ag translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
LUK 19 17 abcq figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 17 m287 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 And he said to him Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 19 17 n5at figs-exclamations εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! 1 Well done, good servant! Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
LUK 19 17 n5at figs-exclamations εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! 1 Well done, good servant! Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you could use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
LUK 19 17 t6zk ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 1 in very little This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
LUK 19 17 m288 figs-imperative ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 be having authority over ten cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ LUK 19 21 w5yw ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς 1 a harsh man Alternate tra
LUK 19 21 a6ja figs-metaphor αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας 1 You take up what you did not put down The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 19 21 mi5b figs-metaphor θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας 1 you reap what you did not sow The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 19 22 q2k2 figs-quotesinquotes λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 He says to him, ‘By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow?’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 22 m294 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
LUK 19 22 m294 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He says to him To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
LUK 19 22 wt8q figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου 1 By your mouth The king is using the term **mouth** figuratively to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 19 22 xga8 figs-rquestion ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα? 1 Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow? The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 19 22 m295 figs-metaphor αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα 1 taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow See how you translated these expressions in [19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -3517,7 +3517,7 @@ LUK 20 22 m378 φόρον δοῦναι 1 to give tribute Alternate translation
LUK 20 22 h4cc figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 to Caesar The spies are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 23 z9dm κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν, εἶπεν 1 but perceiving their craftiness, he said Alternate translation: “But Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so he said”
LUK 20 24 j21y translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius See how you translated this in [7:41](../07/41.md). Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
LUK 20 24 cvs9 figs-rquestion τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν? 1 Whose image and inscription does it have? This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you can see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 24 cvs9 figs-rquestion τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν? 1 Whose image and inscription does it have? This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you could see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 20 24 wt51 figs-metonymy ἐπιγραφήν 1 inscription Jesus is referring figuratively to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an **inscription**, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 25 rey9 figs-metonymy ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 give back the things of Caesar to Caesar, and the things of God to God Jesus is referring figuratively to the Roman government by the name of **Caesar**, its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it deserves, and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 25 gj71 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and the things of God to God Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. AT: “and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 20 34 m398 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 20 35 m3gm figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 36 m402 figs-explicit ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν 1 for they are like the angels Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 36 m403 figs-gendernotations υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ 1 they are sons of God Here Jesus is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 20 36 btb3 figs-idiom τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες 1 being sons of the resurrection Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case idiomatically to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 37 j8z5 figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead are raised If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 37 m404 figs-nominaladj οἱ νεκροὶ 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 37 g3xg καὶ Μωϋσῆς 1 even Moses Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
LUK 20 37 m405 translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses **Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -3601,7 +3601,7 @@ LUK 20 42 m415 figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my
LUK 20 42 pse3 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 20 43 m416 figs-quotesinquotes ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 43 fl1h figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 43 m418 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 a footstool for your feet If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you can rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 43 m418 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 a footstool for your feet If your readers would not know what a **footstool** is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you could rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 44 m419 figs-quotesinquotes Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 44 zk2h figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ 1 David therefore calls him ‘Lord’ In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 44 k1tp figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 And how is he his son Like the question in [20:41](../20/41.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -3637,11 +3637,11 @@ LUK 21 5 m430 figs-activepassive κεκόσμηται 1 it was decorated If your
LUK 21 5 vk7z figs-metonymy ἀναθέμασιν 1 offerings In this context, **offerings** refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 21 6 lcz6 ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε 1 These things that you are looking at Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
LUK 21 6 wcd9 figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς 1 the days will come in which Here Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 21 6 jfl1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 6 jfl1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 6 ajx2 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
LUK 21 6 dps1 figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ 1 stone upon stone will not be left See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in [19:44](../19/44.md). Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 21 6 m431 ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which will not be torn down If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
LUK 21 6 m432 figs-activepassive ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which will not be torn down If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 6 m432 figs-activepassive ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which will not be torn down If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 7 rix4 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν 1 they asked him The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 21 7 m433 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
LUK 21 7 a11j figs-explicit πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι 1 when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3722,7 +3722,7 @@ LUK 21 24 m463 figs-metaphor στόματι μαχαίρης 1 by the mouth of t
LUK 21 24 m464 figs-personification στόματι μαχαίρης 1 by the mouth of the sword This phrase could also be depicting the sword figuratively as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 21 24 m465 figs-genericnoun μαχαίρης 1 the sword The word **sword** represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “of the swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
LUK 21 24 m466 figs-synecdoche μαχαίρης 1 the sword Jesus may figuratively be using one kind of weapon, **the sword**, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “of the weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 21 24 cg3n figs-activepassive αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 they will be led captive into all the nations If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 24 cg3n figs-activepassive αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 they will be led captive into all the nations If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 24 zn4e figs-hyperbole εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα 1 into all the nations The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 21 24 m467 figs-metonymy ἐθνῶν 1 nations Jesus is using the term **nations** figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 21 24 d356 figs-metaphor Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν 1 Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This image could be: (1) of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 21 26 az37 τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ 1 the things that are coming upon the inhabited world Alternate translation: “of the things that are happening in the world” or “of the things that are happening to the world”
LUK 21 26 m473 grammar-connect-logic-result αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 for the powers of the heavens will be shaken If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 21 26 wn9g figs-idiom αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken The phrase **the powers of the heavens** is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 21 26 m474 figs-activepassive αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 26 m474 figs-activepassive αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 27 m475 writing-pronouns ὄψονται 1 they will see The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations, about whom Jesus has been speaking since [21:25](../21/25.md). Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 21 27 k9pr figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 21 27 m476 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ LUK 22 9 s8yw figs-verbs ἑτοιμάσωμεν 1 that we should prepare it Pet
LUK 22 10 um6z figs-youdual αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε 1 them … you … you … follow Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 22 10 c13w figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses this word to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 22 10 i45e συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you. Alternate translation: “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
LUK 22 10 a677 translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 a pitcher of water This means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 22 10 a677 translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 a pitcher of water This means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 22 11 khy9 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 say to the master of the house, ‘The Teacher says to you, “Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”’ If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
LUK 22 11 pq8q figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -3874,7 +3874,7 @@ LUK 22 22 m520 figs-euphemism πορεύεται 1 goes Jesus is speaking about
LUK 22 22 p2qa figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον 1 according to what has been determined If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 22 wy2s figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται 1 through whom he is betrayed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 24 yyw9 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 Then Luke may use this word simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 22 24 y9ce δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων 1 seems to be greater Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
LUK 22 24 y9ce δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων 1 seems to be greater Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
LUK 22 24 m521 μείζων 1 greater Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, **greater**, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
LUK 22 25 m522 figs-explicit οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the kings of the nations Here Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that by **the nations** he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the kings of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 25 zjf5 κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 lord it over them Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
LUK 22 37 u9jx figs-activepassive δεῖ τελεσθῆναι 1 must be accomplished in me If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 37 m549 figs-quotesinquotes τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 And he was reckoned with the lawless If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 22 37 jz9d figs-nominaladj μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 22 37 jf1f figs-activepassive μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 37 jf1f figs-activepassive μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 he was reckoned with the lawless If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 37 se1d figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει 1 For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 38 kbt8 figs-explicit ἱκανόν ἐστιν 1 It is enough This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 39 zaw6 writing-background ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 going out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in [21:37](../21/37.md) that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -4223,7 +4223,7 @@ LUK 23 41 i4gm figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς…δικαίως 1 we justly The secon
LUK 23 41 m657 figs-nominaladj ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν 1 worthy of what we did The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 23 41 nu35 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 23 42 mht9 writing-pronouns καὶ ἔλεγεν 1 And he said The pronoun **he** refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 23 42 j9d9 figs-idiom μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me As in [1:72](../01/72.md), the word **remember** here figuratively describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 23 42 j9d9 figs-idiom μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me As in [1:72](../01/72.md), the word **remember** here figuratively describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you could to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 23 42 m658 figs-imperative μνήσθητί μου 1 remember me This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 23 42 zyv3 figs-idiom ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 when you come into your kingdom To **come into** a **kingdom** means to begin to rule as king, as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “when you begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 23 43 abcv writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 he said to him The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to the second criminal. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to this criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@ LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the nin
LUK 23 45 hjt3 figs-personification τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος 1 The sun failed This means figuratively that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 23 45 m664 translate-symaction ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 23 45 ssh2 figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 the curtain of the temple Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 45 ah4k figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 was torn If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 23 45 ah4k figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 was torn If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 23 45 m665 figs-explicit μέσον 1 in the middle The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing **the curtain** opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so **in the middle** means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 46 z1fq figs-idiom φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 crying out with a loud voice This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 23 46 r4ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@ -4335,7 +4335,7 @@ LUK 24 11 m702 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 and This phrase describes
LUK 24 11 m703 writing-pronouns ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς 1 they disbelieved them The word **they** refers to the apostles and other believers, and the word **them** refers to the women. Alternate translation: “so the apostles and other believers did not believe the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 24 12 rm1d figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 rising up This expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that Peter had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “taking initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 24 12 ax6s figs-explicit παρακύψας 1 stooping down Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 12 m704 βλέπει 1 he sees To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
LUK 24 12 m704 βλέπει 1 he sees To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
LUK 24 12 n1tg figs-explicit τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα 1 only the linen cloths The phrase **the linen cloths** refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in [23:53](../23/53.md). The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 12 d6i2 translate-unknown τὰ ὀθόνια 1 The term **linen cloths** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fine cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 24 12 m705 ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός 1 he went away, wondering to himself what had happened This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
LUK 24 32 inw4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς? 1 Was not our heart burning, as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures? The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 24 32 m748 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning The men are using the metaphor of a **heart burning** to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 24 32 m749 figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 32 m750 figs-possession οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
LUK 24 32 m750 figs-possession οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν 1 Was not our heart burning If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you could make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
LUK 24 32 m751 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν 1 our heart The men are using the term **heart** figuratively to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 24 32 m752 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν 1 our … us … us The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 24 32 xy6p figs-metaphor ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς 1 as he opened to us the Scriptures Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term **opened** figuratively means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 24 38 m763 figs-activepassive τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ 1 Why have you been troubled If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 24 38 m764 figs-metaphor διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 why are doubts arising in your heart Jesus is using the term **arising** figuratively to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 24 38 m765 figs-explicit διαλογισμοὶ 1 doubts If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 38 m766 ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one **heart**, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
LUK 24 38 m766 ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one **heart**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
LUK 24 38 m767 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 in your heart As in [24:35](../24/35.md), the **heart** figuratively represents the mind here. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 24 39 m768 figs-metonymy ἴδετε τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου 1 See my hands and my feet Jesus is figuratively telling the disciples to look at the nail marks from crucifixion by reference to where those marks are, in his **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “Look at the nail marks in my hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 24 39 m769 figs-rpronouns ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτός 1 that I myself am Jesus uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he genuinely is who he appears to be. Alternate translation: “and you will recognize that it is really me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
LUK 24 44 m777 figs-synecdoche καὶ ψαλμοῖς 1 in the Psalms Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 24 44 m778 figs-activepassive δεῖ πληρωθῆναι 1 must be fulfilled If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before **all the things**. Alternate translation: “God would make happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 24 45 qf61 figs-idiom διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 he opened their mind This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 24 45 m779 αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 their mind If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one **mind**, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
LUK 24 45 m779 αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν 1 their mind If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one **mind**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
LUK 24 46 cwr5 figs-activepassive οὕτως γέγραπται 1 Thus it has been written If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 24 46 m780 figs-synecdoche παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν 1 the Christ would suffer Jesus uses the word **suffer** to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 24 46 e75f figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 rise up Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort”
2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here, **fleshly** represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “You can read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you could read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter.
2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians.
2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice”
2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you Alternate translation: “to assist me to continue on to Judea”
2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 1 17 fq3t figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to fleshly planning, so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 1 17 y41z figs-doublet ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? The words **yes** and **no** are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” **Jesus** says “**Yes**” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God, Jesus Christ … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts<br><br>### Harsh writing<br><br>In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Aroma<br><br>A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma.
2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
2CO 2 2 nb6x figs-rquestion εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ? 1 If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me? Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 2 2 nb6x figs-rquestion εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ? 1 If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me? Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 2 2 x2vr figs-activepassive ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 the very one who was hurt by me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 3 kxu2 figs-explicit ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ 1 I wrote this same thing Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 2 8 yi2z κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην 1 publicly affirm your love for him This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
2CO 2 9 xw5t figs-explicit εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε 1 you are obedient in everything This could mean: (1) the Corinthians **are obedient** to God **in everything**. (2) the Corinthians **are obedient** **in everything** that Paul has taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 2 10 cbm6 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 forgiven for your sake This could mean: (1) they are forgiven out of Paul’s love for them. (2) they are forgiven for their benefit.
2CO 2 11 m46t figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 2 11 m46t figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 2 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 2 12 n9cr figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death This could mean: (1) the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of **death** that causes people to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 2 17 u2zb κατέναντι Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak in Christ Alternate translation: “we speak as people who are joined to Christ” or “we speak with the authority of Christ”
2CO 2 17 q4dc figs-ellipsis κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that **God** is watching them. Alternate translation: “we speak in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br><br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”<br><br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here, **Spirit** probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
2CO 3 1 um8x figs-rquestion ἀρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν? 1 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are not beginning to praise ourselves again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 1 y8yc figs-rquestion ἢ μὴ χρῄζομεν, ὥς τινες, συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐξ ὑμῶν? 1 We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? Paul used this question to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 1 um8x figs-rquestion ἀρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν? 1 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are not beginning to praise ourselves again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 1 y8yc figs-rquestion ἢ μὴ χρῄζομεν, ὥς τινες, συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐξ ὑμῶν? 1 We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? Paul used this question to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 1 ad1u συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν 1 letters of recommendation This refers to **letters** that people write to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
2CO 3 2 ty59 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε 1 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a **letter** of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation. (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 3 7 du65 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου 1 the ministry that produced death Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 7 r5p5 ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 in such glory Alternate translation: “in so much glory that”
2CO 3 8 xxn6 figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ? 1 Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory? Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 8 xxn6 figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ? 1 Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory? Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 8 wq1v figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the ministry of the Spirit Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 3 9 k779 figs-explicit τῇ διακονίᾳ τῆς κατακρίσεως 1 the ministry of condemnation Here, **the ministry of condemnation** refers to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: “the ministry that condemns people because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 3 9 if33 figs-exclamations πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ 1 how much more does the ministry of righteousness abound in glory! Here the phrase **much more** marks this phrase as an exclamation, not as a question. Alternate translation: “then the service of righteousness must abound in so much more glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 4 2 z4c2 figs-hendiadys τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 1 the shameful hidden things The word **hidden** describes the things that people do secretly. Things that are **shameful** should cause people who do them to feel ashamed. Alternate translation: “the things that people do secretly because they cause shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2CO 4 2 ey75 περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ 1 walking in craftiness Alternate translation: “living by deception”
2CO 4 2 gp3g figs-metonymy μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not distorting the word of God Here, **word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “we do not mishandle God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 4 2 lzn0 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nor distorting**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we use the word of God correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 4 2 lzn0 figs-doublenegatives μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nor distorting**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we use the word of God correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 4 2 aj24 συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων 1 commending ourselves to every person’s conscience This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
2CO 4 2 f6n1 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 3 mti5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 15 u8pp figs-metaphor τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ 1 thanksgiving may increase Paul speaks of **thanksgiving** as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 16 u6e5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
2CO 4 16 cb92 figs-doublenegatives διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν 1 So we do not become discouraged If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 4 16 cb92 figs-doublenegatives διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν 1 So we do not become discouraged If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 4 16 hhv6 figs-explicit ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται 1 outwardly we are wasting away This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: “our physical bodies are getting weak and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 4 16 s9b2 figs-explicit ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: “our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 4 16 zct5 figs-activepassive ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 6 intro f5qu 0 # 2 Corinthians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Servants<br><br>Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Contrasts<br><br>Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
2CO 6 1 kf1d 0 Connecting Statement: Paul summarizes how working together for God is supposed to be.
2CO 6 1 tbr6 figs-explicit συνεργοῦντες 1 Working together Paul is implying that he and Timothy are **working** with God. Alternate translation: “working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 6 1 s8db figs-doublenegatives καὶ, παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι ὑμᾶς 1 we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain Paul pleads with the Corinthians to allow the **grace of God** to be effective in their lives. If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … in vain**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we beg you to make use of the grace that you have received from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 6 1 s8db figs-doublenegatives καὶ, παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι ὑμᾶς 1 we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain Paul pleads with the Corinthians to allow the **grace of God** to be effective in their lives. If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … in vain**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we beg you to make use of the grace that you have received from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 6 2 u9kc figs-explicit λέγει γάρ 1 For he says This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “for God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 6 2 sa94 ἰδοὺ 1 Look The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2CO 6 3 v3wc figs-metaphor μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν 1 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -299,22 +299,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metonymy στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Here, **inner parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 13 c6vp figs-metaphor πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 open yourselves wide also Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 14 v7kk figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις 1 Do not be yoked together with unbelievers If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 6 14 v7kk figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις 1 Do not be yoked together with unbelievers If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 6 14 qd33 figs-metaphor μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες 1 be yoked together with Paul speaks of working **together** toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “Do not team up” or “Do not have a close relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 14 v7pw figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ 1 For what association does righteousness have with lawlessness? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “For righteousness can have no association with lawlessness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 14 xr52 figs-rquestion ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος? 1 For what fellowship does light have with darkness? Paul asks this question to emphasize that **light** and **darkness** cannot coexist since light dispels darkness. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And light can have no fellowship with darkness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 14 v7pw figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ 1 For what association does righteousness have with lawlessness? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “For righteousness can have no association with lawlessness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 14 xr52 figs-rquestion ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος? 1 For what fellowship does light have with darkness? Paul asks this question to emphasize that **light** and **darkness** cannot coexist since light dispels darkness. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And light can have no fellowship with darkness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 14 h9ks figs-metaphor ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος? 1 The words **light** and **darkness** refer to the moral and spiritual qualities of believers and unbelievers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 15 r1vq figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελιάρ 1 What agreement can Christ have with Beliar? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between Christ and Beliar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 15 r1vq figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελιάρ 1 What agreement can Christ have with Beliar? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between Christ and Beliar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 15 rm3r translate-names Βελιάρ 1 Beliar **Beliar** is another name for the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CO 6 15 z9iv figs-rquestion ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου? 1 Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And a believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 16 y99x figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ Θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων? 1 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And there is no agreement between the temple of God and idols!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 15 z9iv figs-rquestion ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου? 1 Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And a believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 16 y99x figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ Θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων? 1 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And there is no agreement between the temple of God and idols!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 6 16 s3l8 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος 1 we are the temple of the living God Here, **we** refers not only to Paul and his associates, but includes all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 6 16 aqql figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος 1 Paul speaks of Christians as forming a **temple** for **God** to dwell in. Alternate translation: “we are like the temple where the living God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation that speaks of God being with the people in two different ways that mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CO 6 16 g0nl figs-metaphor ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while the words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 7 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 7 1 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
2CO 7 1 fv49 καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς 1 let us cleanse ourselves Here Paul is saying to stay away from any form of sin that would affect one’s relationship with God.
@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 8 13 ktd1 ἐξ ἰσότητος 1 for the sake of equality Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
2CO 8 14 v7aj ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα 1 This is also so that their abundance may supply your need Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν 1 did not have too little If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 8 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν 1 did not have too little If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 8 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου 1 who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CO 8 16 vsm3 τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν 1 same earnest care Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
2CO 8 17 e4xn figs-explicit ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο 1 For he not only accepted our appeal Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 5 eet1 figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 those super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say there are. Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 11 6 f8d1 figs-litotes οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 I am not untrained in knowledge This negative phrase emphasizes the positive truth that he is trained in knowledge. Alternate translation: “I am certainly trained in knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2CO 11 6 n7xy figs-abstractnouns οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 11 7 un9v figs-rquestion ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα ἐμαυτὸν ταπεινῶν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, ὅτι δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν? 1 Or did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted? Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 7 un9v figs-rquestion ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα ἐμαυτὸν ταπεινῶν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, ὅτι δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν? 1 Or did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted? Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 7 ax51 δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 freely preached the gospel of God to you Alternate translation: “I preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return”
2CO 11 8 k6ds figs-hyperbole ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα 1 I robbed other churches This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from **churches** who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: “I accepted money from other churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CO 11 8 a416 figs-explicit τὴν ὑμῶν διακονίαν 1 the ministry to you The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I could serve you at no cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 10 si2r ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the truth of Christ is in me Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you can know that what I am about to say is true”
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 10 ua2i ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 11 rj6f figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν 1 God knows You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 11 12 d9sl figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐκκόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 in order that I may take away the opportunity Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive εὑρεθῶσιν 1 they may be regarded as equal to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 20 yn5t λαμβάνει 1 takes advantage of you A person **takes advantage of** another person by knowing things that the other person does not and using that knowledge to help himself and harm the other person.
2CO 11 21 n8s9 figs-irony κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠσθενήκαμεν! 1 I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that Paul is using irony to tell the Corinthians that it was not because he was **weak** that he treated them well. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to say that we had the power to harm you, but we treated you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 11 21 v8a3 ἐν ᾧ…ἄν τις τολμᾷ…τολμῶ κἀγώ 1 Yet if anyone boasts … I too will boast Alternate translation: “in whatever anyone boasts about … I will dare to boast about it also”
2CO 11 22 jdq8 figs-rquestion Ἑβραῖοί εἰσιν? κἀγώ. Ἰσραηλεῖταί εἰσιν? κἀγώ. σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ εἰσιν? κἀγώ. 1 Are they Hebrews? … Are they Israelites? … Are they descendants of Abraham? Paul is asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They want you to think they are important and to believe what they say because they are Hebrews and Israelites and descendants of Abraham. Well, so am I!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 23 a4tz figs-rquestion διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν? (παραφρονῶν λαλῶ), ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 1 Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more Paul continues asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They say they are servants of Christ—I speak as though I were out of my mind—but I am more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 22 jdq8 figs-rquestion Ἑβραῖοί εἰσιν? κἀγώ. Ἰσραηλεῖταί εἰσιν? κἀγώ. σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ εἰσιν? κἀγώ. 1 Are they Hebrews? … Are they Israelites? … Are they descendants of Abraham? Paul is asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They want you to think they are important and to believe what they say because they are Hebrews and Israelites and descendants of Abraham. Well, so am I!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 23 a4tz figs-rquestion διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν? (παραφρονῶν λαλῶ), ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 1 Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more Paul continues asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They say they are servants of Christ—I speak as though I were out of my mind—but I am more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 23 bq23 παραφρονῶν λαλῶ 1 as though I were out of my mind Alternate translation: “I speak as though I were unable to think well”
2CO 11 23 vy54 figs-ellipsis ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 1 I am more You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “I am more a servant of Christ than they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 11 23 s8wq ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως 1 in even more hard work Alternate translation: “I have worked harder”
@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 26 b3j9 figs-explicit κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις 1 in danger from false brothers The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 11 27 ds5h figs-hyperbole γυμνότητι 1 nakedness Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CO 11 28 n1q5 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπίστασίς μοι ἡ καθ’ ἡμέραν, ἡ μέριμνα πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 there is the daily pressure on me of my anxiety Paul knows that God will hold him responsible for how well the **churches** obey God and speaks of that knowledge as if it were a heavy object pushing him down. Alternate translation: “I know that God will hold me accountable for the spiritual growth of all the churches, and so I always feel like a heavy object is pushing me down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 11 29 fvz6 figs-rquestion τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? This rhetorical question emphasizes that Paul cares about people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone is weak, I feel that weakness also.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 29 fvz6 figs-rquestion τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? This rhetorical question emphasizes that Paul cares about people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone is weak, I feel that weakness also.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 29 hhb2 figs-metaphor τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? The word **weak** is probably a metaphor for a spiritual condition, but no one is sure what Paul is speaking of, so it is best to use the same word here. Alternate translation: “I am weak whenever anyone else is weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 11 29 g5am figs-metaphor τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι? 1 Who has been caused to stumble, and I do not burn? Here Paul’s anger is spoken of as a burning inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 11 29 bdd4 figs-rquestion τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι? 1 Paul uses this question to express his anger when a fellow believer is caused to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone causes a brother to sin, I am angry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 29 bdd4 figs-rquestion τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι? 1 Paul uses this question to express his anger when a fellow believer is caused to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone causes a brother to sin, I am angry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 29 xu57 figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζεται 1 has been caused to stumble Paul speaks of sin as if it were tripping over something and then falling. Alternate translation: “has been led to sin” or “has thought that God would permit him to sin because of something that someone else did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 11 30 gxe6 τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας 1 what shows my weaknesses Alternate translation: “what shows how weak I am”
2CO 11 31 yx8z figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am not lying Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 12 11 s82x figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 12 12 d4um σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν 1 signs and wonders and mighty deeds These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 13 d426 αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
2CO 12 13 sy7v figs-irony χαρίσασθέ μοι τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην! 1 Forgive me for this wrong! Paul is being ironic to shame the Corinthians. Both he and they know that he has done them no wrong, but they have been treating him as though he has wronged them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 12 13 u1w9 τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην 1 this wrong Here, **this wrong** refers to not asking them for money and other things he needed.
@ -582,16 +582,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 12 14 wd97 οὐ…ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν 3 children should not save up for the parents Young **children** are not responsible for saving money or other goods to give to their healthy **parents**.
2CO 12 15 vj2m figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἥδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι 1 I will most gladly spend and be spent Paul speaks of his work and his physical life as if it were money that he or God could **spend**. Alternate translation: “I will gladly do any work and gladly allow God to permit people to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 12 15 nk8v figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 for your souls The word **souls** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “for you” or “so you will live well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 12 15 t3na figs-rquestion εἰ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶν, ἧσσον ἀγαπῶμαι? 1 If I love you more, am I to be loved less? This rhetorical question to emphasize that the Corinthians should love Paul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I love you so much, you should not love me so little.” or “If I love you so much, you should love me more than you do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 15 t3na figs-rquestion εἰ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶν, ἧσσον ἀγαπῶμαι? 1 If I love you more, am I to be loved less? This rhetorical question to emphasize that the Corinthians should love Paul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I love you so much, you should not love me so little.” or “If I love you so much, you should love me more than you do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 15 j887 περισσοτέρως 1 more It is not clear what it is that Paul’s love is **more** than. It is probably best to use “very much” or a “so much” that can be compared to “so little” later in the sentence.
2CO 12 16 ur5x figs-irony ἀλλὰ ὑπάρχων πανοῦργος δόλῳ, ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον 1 But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians who think he lied to them even if he did not ask them for money. Alternate translation: “but others think I was deceptive and used trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 12 17 vb7q figs-rquestion μή τινα ὧν ἀπέσταλκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐπλεονέκτησα ὑμᾶς? 1 I did not take advantage of you by any of those whom I sent to you, did I? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one that I sent to you has taken advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 18 pjl2 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐπλεονέκτησεν ὑμᾶς Τίτος? 1 Titus did not take advantage of you, did he? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Titus certainly did not take advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 17 vb7q figs-rquestion μή τινα ὧν ἀπέσταλκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐπλεονέκτησα ὑμᾶς? 1 I did not take advantage of you by any of those whom I sent to you, did I? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one that I sent to you has taken advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 18 pjl2 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐπλεονέκτησεν ὑμᾶς Τίτος? 1 Titus did not take advantage of you, did he? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Titus certainly did not take advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 18 acg6 figs-metaphor οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν 1 Did we not walk in the same way? Paul speaks of living as if it were walking on a road. Alternate translation: “We all walk in the same spirit.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 12 18 rjiy figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν 1 Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all have the same attitude and live alike.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 18 k6b3 figs-rquestion οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν? 1 Did we not walk in the same steps? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all walk in the same steps.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 18 rjiy figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν 1 Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all have the same attitude and live alike.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 18 k6b3 figs-rquestion οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν? 1 Did we not walk in the same steps? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all walk in the same steps.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 18 oket figs-metaphor οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν? 1 Paul speaks of living as if it were walking on a road. Alternate translation: “We all do things the same way.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 12 19 g1iw figs-rquestion πάλαι δοκεῖτε ὅτι ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα? 1 Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you? Paul uses this question to acknowledge something that the people may have been thinking. He does this so that he can assure them that it is not true. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps you think that all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 19 g1iw figs-rquestion πάλαι δοκεῖτε ὅτι ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα? 1 Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you? Paul uses this question to acknowledge something that the people may have been thinking. He does this so that he can assure them that it is not true. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps you think that all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 19 ih3e figs-metaphor κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 Before God Paul speaks of **God** knowing everything Paul does as if God were physically present and observed everything Paul said and did. Alternate translation: “With God as witness” or “In the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 12 19 vg3u figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς 1 for your strengthening Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 12 20 cu6s οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς 1 I may not find you as I wish Alternate translation: “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest Alternate translation: “all you other people”
2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 13 5 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
2CO 13 7 u75e figs-doublenegatives μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν 1 that you may not do any wrong If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 13 7 u75e figs-doublenegatives μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν 1 that you may not do any wrong If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 13 7 gt2e δόκιμοι 1 to have passed the test Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”
2CO 13 8 a3l7 οὐ…δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 we are not able to do anything against the truth Alternate translation: “we are not able to keep people from learning the truth”
2CO 13 9 vt7b τὴν ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν 1 for your perfection Alternate translation: “that you may become spiritually mature”
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
18
2CO
1
6
ylw2
figs-activepassive
εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα
1
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19
2CO
1
6
wyj4
figs-activepassive
εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα
1
if we are comforted
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22
2CO
1
8
pr8a
figs-metaphor
ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν
1
We were so completely crushed beyond our strength
Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23
2CO
1
8
gu5b
figs-activepassive
ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν
1
We were so completely crushed
The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32
2CO
1
12
r9p8
ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν
1
For our proud confidence is this
The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
33
2CO
1
12
c7mu
figs-personification
τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν
1
the testimony of our conscience
Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
34
2CO
1
12
c1bd
figs-metonymy
οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ
1
not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God.
Here, **fleshly** represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “You can read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no … but**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you could read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
36
2CO
1
14
ma5m
καύχημα ὑμῶν
1
your reason for boasting
The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
37
2CO
1
15
k1u9
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter.
38
2CO
1
15
n5ex
ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει
1
with this confidence
The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians.
39
2CO
1
15
y432
δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε
1
you might have a second blessing
Alternate translation: “you might benefit from me visiting you twice”
40
2CO
1
16
mp6u
ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν
1
to be sent on my way to Judea by you
Alternate translation: “to assist me to continue on to Judea”
41
2CO
1
17
zms7
figs-rquestion
μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην?
1
I did not then take it lightly, did I?
Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is “no”. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time?
Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards, so that I would say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to fleshly planning, so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44
2CO
1
17
y41z
figs-doublet
ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ?
1
Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time?
The words **yes** and **no** are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.”
**Jesus** says “**Yes**” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God, Jesus Christ … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
58
2CO
2
intro
hy3h
0
# 2 Corinthians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts<br><br>### Harsh writing<br><br>In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Aroma<br><br>A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma.
59
2CO
2
1
wh9c
0
Connecting Statement:
Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
60
2CO
2
1
ij73
ἐν λύπῃ
1
in sorrow
Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me?
Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
62
2CO
2
2
x2vr
figs-activepassive
ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ
1
the very one who was hurt by me
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63
2CO
2
3
kxu2
figs-explicit
ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ
1
I wrote this same thing
Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
64
2CO
2
3
v87i
figs-activepassive
μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν
1
I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice
Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
74
2CO
2
8
yi2z
κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην
1
publicly affirm your love for him
This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
75
2CO
2
9
xw5t
figs-explicit
εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε
1
you are obedient in everything
This could mean: (1) the Corinthians **are obedient** to God **in everything**. (2) the Corinthians **are obedient** **in everything** that Paul has taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76
2CO
2
10
cbm6
δι’ ὑμᾶς
1
forgiven for your sake
This could mean: (1) they are forgiven out of Paul’s love for them. (2) they are forgiven for their benefit.
77
2CO
2
11
m46t
figs-doublenegatives
οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν
1
For we are not ignorant of his plans
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
78
2CO
2
12
l6vd
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord
Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
91
2CO
2
16
ud2u
figs-doublet
ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον
1
an aroma from death to death
This could mean: (1) the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of **death** that causes people to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
92
2CO
2
16
v2n3
figs-activepassive
οἷς
1
to the other
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93
2CO
2
16
cdr3
figs-doublet
ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν
1
a fragrance from life to life
This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
94
2CO
2
16
be6x
figs-rquestion
πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός?
1
who is worthy of these things?
Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
95
2CO
2
17
a5sa
figs-metonymy
καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
who sell the word of God
Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
96
2CO
2
17
x86y
εἰλικρινείας
1
sincerity
Alternate translation: “pure motives”
97
2CO
2
17
u2zb
κατέναντι Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν
1
we speak in Christ
Alternate translation: “we speak as people who are joined to Christ” or “we speak with the authority of Christ”
98
2CO
2
17
q4dc
figs-ellipsis
κατέναντι Θεοῦ
1
before God
Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that **God** is watching them. Alternate translation: “we speak in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
99
2CO
3
intro
f7rh
0
# 2 Corinthians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br><br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”<br><br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here, **Spirit** probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
100
2CO
3
1
um8x
figs-rquestion
ἀρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν?
1
Are we beginning to praise ourselves again?
Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are not beginning to praise ourselves again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are not beginning to praise ourselves again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we?
Paul used this question to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul used this question to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
102
2CO
3
1
ad1u
συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν
1
letters of recommendation
This refers to **letters** that people write to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
103
2CO
3
2
ty59
figs-metaphor
ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε
1
You yourselves are our letter of recommendation
Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a **letter** of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
104
2CO
3
2
v2e7
figs-metonymy
ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν
1
written on our hearts
Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation. (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
126
2CO
3
7
du65
figs-explicit
ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου
1
the ministry that produced death
Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127
2CO
3
7
j1hp
figs-activepassive
ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις
1
engraved in letters on stones
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory?
Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
130
2CO
3
8
wq1v
figs-explicit
ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος
1
the ministry of the Spirit
Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
131
2CO
3
9
k779
figs-explicit
τῇ διακονίᾳ τῆς κατακρίσεως
1
the ministry of condemnation
Here, **the ministry of condemnation** refers to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: “the ministry that condemns people because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
how much more does the ministry of righteousness abound in glory!
Here the phrase **much more** marks this phrase as an exclamation, not as a question. Alternate translation: “then the service of righteousness must abound in so much more glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
164
2CO
4
2
z4c2
figs-hendiadys
τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης
1
the shameful hidden things
The word **hidden** describes the things that people do secretly. Things that are **shameful** should cause people who do them to feel ashamed. Alternate translation: “the things that people do secretly because they cause shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
165
2CO
4
2
ey75
περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ
1
walking in craftiness
Alternate translation: “living by deception”
166
2CO
4
2
gp3g
figs-metonymy
μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
not distorting the word of God
Here, **word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “we do not mishandle God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
167
2CO
4
2
lzn0
figs-doublenegatives
μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nor distorting**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we use the word of God correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nor distorting**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we use the word of God correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
169
2CO
4
2
f6n1
figs-metaphor
ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ
1
before God
Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing
This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202
2CO
4
15
l1mu
figs-activepassive
ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων
1
the grace that is abounding to more and more people
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
203
2CO
4
15
u8pp
figs-metaphor
τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ
1
thanksgiving may increase
Paul speaks of **thanksgiving** as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
204
2CO
4
16
u6e5
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
205
2CO
4
16
cb92
figs-doublenegatives
διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν
1
So we do not become discouraged
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
206
2CO
4
16
hhv6
figs-explicit
ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται
1
outwardly we are wasting away
This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: “our physical bodies are getting weak and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
207
2CO
4
16
s9b2
figs-explicit
ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ
1
inwardly we are being renewed day by day
This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: “our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
208
2CO
4
16
zct5
figs-activepassive
ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ
1
inwardly we are being renewed day by day
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
272
2CO
6
intro
f5qu
0
# 2 Corinthians 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Servants<br><br>Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Contrasts<br><br>Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
273
2CO
6
1
kf1d
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul summarizes how working together for God is supposed to be.
274
2CO
6
1
tbr6
figs-explicit
συνεργοῦντες
1
Working together
Paul is implying that he and Timothy are **working** with God. Alternate translation: “working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain
Paul pleads with the Corinthians to allow the **grace of God** to be effective in their lives. If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … in vain**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we beg you to make use of the grace that you have received from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])Paul pleads with the Corinthians to allow the **grace of God** to be effective in their lives. If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … in vain**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we beg you to make use of the grace that you have received from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
276
2CO
6
2
u9kc
figs-explicit
λέγει γάρ
1
For he says
This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “for God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277
2CO
6
2
sa94
ἰδοὺ
1
Look
The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
278
2CO
6
3
v3wc
figs-metaphor
μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν
1
We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone
Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
299
2CO
6
12
xv9t
figs-metonymy
στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν
1
You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections
Here, **inner parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
300
2CO
6
12
ecn4
figs-activepassive
στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν
1
you are restrained in your affections
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
301
2CO
6
13
c6vp
figs-metaphor
πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς
1
open yourselves wide also
Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
302
2CO
6
14
v7kk
figs-doublenegatives
μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις
1
Do not be yoked together with unbelievers
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
303
2CO
6
14
qd33
figs-metaphor
μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες
1
be yoked together with
Paul speaks of working **together** toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “Do not team up” or “Do not have a close relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
304
2CO
6
14
v7pw
figs-rquestion
τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ
1
For what association does righteousness have with lawlessness?
This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “For righteousness can have no association with lawlessness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “For righteousness can have no association with lawlessness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
305
2CO
6
14
xr52
figs-rquestion
ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος?
1
For what fellowship does light have with darkness?
Paul asks this question to emphasize that **light** and **darkness** cannot coexist since light dispels darkness. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And light can have no fellowship with darkness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul asks this question to emphasize that **light** and **darkness** cannot coexist since light dispels darkness. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And light can have no fellowship with darkness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
306
2CO
6
14
h9ks
figs-metaphor
ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος?
1
The words **light** and **darkness** refer to the moral and spiritual qualities of believers and unbelievers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
307
2CO
6
15
r1vq
figs-rquestion
τίς δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελιάρ
1
What agreement can Christ have with Beliar?
This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between Christ and Beliar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between Christ and Beliar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
308
2CO
6
15
rm3r
translate-names
Βελιάρ
1
Beliar
**Beliar** is another name for the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
309
2CO
6
15
z9iv
figs-rquestion
ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου?
1
Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever?
This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And a believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And a believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
310
2CO
6
16
y99x
figs-rquestion
τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ Θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων?
1
And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols?
This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And there is no agreement between the temple of God and idols!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And there is no agreement between the temple of God and idols!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
311
2CO
6
16
s3l8
figs-exclusive
ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος
1
we are the temple of the living God
Here, **we** refers not only to Paul and his associates, but includes all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
312
2CO
6
16
aqql
figs-metaphor
ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος
1
Paul speaks of Christians as forming a **temple** for **God** to dwell in. Alternate translation: “we are like the temple where the living God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
313
2CO
6
16
u5g3
figs-parallelism
ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω
1
I will dwell among them and walk among them.
This is an Old Testament quotation that speaks of God being with the people in two different ways that mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
314
2CO
6
16
g0nl
figs-metaphor
ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω
1
The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while the words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
315
2CO
6
17
fe1z
0
General Information:
Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
316
2CO
6
17
z5ld
figs-activepassive
ἀφορίσθητε
1
be separate
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
317
2CO
6
17
c8jq
figs-doublenegatives
ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε
1
Touch no unclean thing
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
318
2CO
7
intro
hg36
0
# 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
319
2CO
7
1
h5xv
ἀγαπητοί
1
Beloved
Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
320
2CO
7
1
fv49
καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς
1
let us cleanse ourselves
Here Paul is saying to stay away from any form of sin that would affect one’s relationship with God.
377
2CO
8
13
ktd1
ἐξ ἰσότητος
1
for the sake of equality
Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
This is also so that their abundance may supply your need
Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
379
2CO
8
15
ue8w
figs-activepassive
καθὼς γέγραπται
1
as it is written
Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
380
2CO
8
15
u28y
figs-doublenegatives
οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν
1
did not have too little
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you
Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
382
2CO
8
16
vsm3
τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν
1
same earnest care
Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
383
2CO
8
17
e4xn
figs-explicit
ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο
1
For he not only accepted our appeal
Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
476
2CO
11
5
eet1
figs-irony
τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων
1
those super-apostles
Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say there are. Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
477
2CO
11
6
f8d1
figs-litotes
οὐ τῇ γνώσει
1
I am not untrained in knowledge
This negative phrase emphasizes the positive truth that he is trained in knowledge. Alternate translation: “I am certainly trained in knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
478
2CO
11
6
n7xy
figs-abstractnouns
οὐ τῇ γνώσει
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
Or did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?
Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
480
2CO
11
7
ax51
δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν
1
freely preached the gospel of God to you
Alternate translation: “I preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return”
481
2CO
11
8
k6ds
figs-hyperbole
ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα
1
I robbed other churches
This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from **churches** who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: “I accepted money from other churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
482
2CO
11
8
a416
figs-explicit
τὴν ὑμῶν διακονίαν
1
the ministry to you
The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I could serve you at no cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
487
2CO
11
10
si2r
ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ
1
the truth of Christ is in me
Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you can know that what I am about to say is true”
488
2CO
11
10
nae3
figs-activepassive
ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ
1
this boasting of mine will not be silenced
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
489
2CO
11
10
ua2i
ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ
1
this boasting of mine
This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
490
2CO
11
11
zqu5
figs-rquestion
διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς?
1
Why? Because I do not love you?
Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
491
2CO
11
11
rj6f
figs-ellipsis
ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν
1
God knows
You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
493
2CO
11
12
t4js
figs-activepassive
εὑρεθῶσιν
1
they may be regarded as equal to us
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
509
2CO
11
20
yn5t
λαμβάνει
1
takes advantage of you
A person **takes advantage of** another person by knowing things that the other person does not and using that knowledge to help himself and harm the other person.
510
2CO
11
21
n8s9
figs-irony
κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠσθενήκαμεν!
1
I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that
Paul is using irony to tell the Corinthians that it was not because he was **weak** that he treated them well. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to say that we had the power to harm you, but we treated you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
511
2CO
11
21
v8a3
ἐν ᾧ…ἄν τις τολμᾷ…τολμῶ κἀγώ
1
Yet if anyone boasts … I too will boast
Alternate translation: “in whatever anyone boasts about … I will dare to boast about it also”
Are they Hebrews? … Are they Israelites? … Are they descendants of Abraham?
Paul is asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They want you to think they are important and to believe what they say because they are Hebrews and Israelites and descendants of Abraham. Well, so am I!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul is asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They want you to think they are important and to believe what they say because they are Hebrews and Israelites and descendants of Abraham. Well, so am I!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more
Paul continues asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They say they are servants of Christ—I speak as though I were out of my mind—but I am more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul continues asking and answering questions the Corinthians might be asking to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “They say they are servants of Christ—I speak as though I were out of my mind—but I am more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
514
2CO
11
23
bq23
παραφρονῶν λαλῶ
1
as though I were out of my mind
Alternate translation: “I speak as though I were unable to think well”
515
2CO
11
23
vy54
figs-ellipsis
ὑπὲρ ἐγώ
1
I am more
You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “I am more a servant of Christ than they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
516
2CO
11
23
s8wq
ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως
1
in even more hard work
Alternate translation: “I have worked harder”
525
2CO
11
26
b3j9
figs-explicit
κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις
1
in danger from false brothers
The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
526
2CO
11
27
ds5h
figs-hyperbole
γυμνότητι
1
nakedness
Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
Paul knows that God will hold him responsible for how well the **churches** obey God and speaks of that knowledge as if it were a heavy object pushing him down. Alternate translation: “I know that God will hold me accountable for the spiritual growth of all the churches, and so I always feel like a heavy object is pushing me down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
528
2CO
11
29
fvz6
figs-rquestion
τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ?
1
Who is weak, and I am not weak?
This rhetorical question emphasizes that Paul cares about people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone is weak, I feel that weakness also.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])This rhetorical question emphasizes that Paul cares about people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone is weak, I feel that weakness also.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
529
2CO
11
29
hhb2
figs-metaphor
τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ?
1
Who is weak, and I am not weak?
The word **weak** is probably a metaphor for a spiritual condition, but no one is sure what Paul is speaking of, so it is best to use the same word here. Alternate translation: “I am weak whenever anyone else is weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
530
2CO
11
29
g5am
figs-metaphor
τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι?
1
Who has been caused to stumble, and I do not burn?
Here Paul’s anger is spoken of as a burning inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
531
2CO
11
29
bdd4
figs-rquestion
τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι?
1
Paul uses this question to express his anger when a fellow believer is caused to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone causes a brother to sin, I am angry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this question to express his anger when a fellow believer is caused to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone causes a brother to sin, I am angry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
532
2CO
11
29
xu57
figs-metaphor
σκανδαλίζεται
1
has been caused to stumble
Paul speaks of sin as if it were tripping over something and then falling. Alternate translation: “has been led to sin” or “has thought that God would permit him to sin because of something that someone else did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
533
2CO
11
30
gxe6
τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας
1
what shows my weaknesses
Alternate translation: “what shows how weak I am”
534
2CO
11
31
yx8z
figs-litotes
οὐ ψεύδομαι
1
I am not lying
Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
574
2CO
12
11
s82x
figs-irony
τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων
1
super-apostles
Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
575
2CO
12
12
kp5l
figs-activepassive
τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη
1
indeed the signs of an apostle were performed
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
576
2CO
12
12
d4um
σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν
1
signs and wonders and mighty deeds
These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you?
Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
578
2CO
12
13
d426
αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν
1
I was not a burden to you
Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
579
2CO
12
13
sy7v
figs-irony
χαρίσασθέ μοι τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην!
1
Forgive me for this wrong!
Paul is being ironic to shame the Corinthians. Both he and they know that he has done them no wrong, but they have been treating him as though he has wronged them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
580
2CO
12
13
u1w9
τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην
1
this wrong
Here, **this wrong** refers to not asking them for money and other things he needed.
582
2CO
12
14
wd97
οὐ…ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν
3
children should not save up for the parents
Young **children** are not responsible for saving money or other goods to give to their healthy **parents**.
583
2CO
12
15
vj2m
figs-metaphor
ἐγὼ…ἥδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι
1
I will most gladly spend and be spent
Paul speaks of his work and his physical life as if it were money that he or God could **spend**. Alternate translation: “I will gladly do any work and gladly allow God to permit people to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
584
2CO
12
15
nk8v
figs-metonymy
ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν
1
for your souls
The word **souls** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “for you” or “so you will live well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
585
2CO
12
15
t3na
figs-rquestion
εἰ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶν, ἧσσον ἀγαπῶμαι?
1
If I love you more, am I to be loved less?
This rhetorical question to emphasize that the Corinthians should love Paul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I love you so much, you should not love me so little.” or “If I love you so much, you should love me more than you do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])This rhetorical question to emphasize that the Corinthians should love Paul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I love you so much, you should not love me so little.” or “If I love you so much, you should love me more than you do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
586
2CO
12
15
j887
περισσοτέρως
1
more
It is not clear what it is that Paul’s love is **more** than. It is probably best to use “very much” or a “so much” that can be compared to “so little” later in the sentence.
587
2CO
12
16
ur5x
figs-irony
ἀλλὰ ὑπάρχων πανοῦργος δόλῳ, ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον
1
But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit
Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians who think he lied to them even if he did not ask them for money. Alternate translation: “but others think I was deceptive and used trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
I did not take advantage of you by any of those whom I sent to you, did I?
Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one that I sent to you has taken advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one that I sent to you has taken advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
589
2CO
12
18
pjl2
figs-rquestion
μήτι ἐπλεονέκτησεν ὑμᾶς Τίτος?
1
Titus did not take advantage of you, did he?
Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Titus certainly did not take advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is “no.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Titus certainly did not take advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
590
2CO
12
18
acg6
figs-metaphor
οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν
1
Did we not walk in the same way?
Paul speaks of living as if it were walking on a road. Alternate translation: “We all walk in the same spirit.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
591
2CO
12
18
rjiy
figs-rquestion
οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν
1
Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all have the same attitude and live alike.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all have the same attitude and live alike.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
592
2CO
12
18
k6b3
figs-rquestion
οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν?
1
Did we not walk in the same steps?
Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all walk in the same steps.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer to the question is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all walk in the same steps.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
593
2CO
12
18
oket
figs-metaphor
οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν?
1
Paul speaks of living as if it were walking on a road. Alternate translation: “We all do things the same way.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
594
2CO
12
19
g1iw
figs-rquestion
πάλαι δοκεῖτε ὅτι ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα?
1
Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?
Paul uses this question to acknowledge something that the people may have been thinking. He does this so that he can assure them that it is not true. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps you think that all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])Paul uses this question to acknowledge something that the people may have been thinking. He does this so that he can assure them that it is not true. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps you think that all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
595
2CO
12
19
ih3e
figs-metaphor
κατέναντι Θεοῦ
1
Before God
Paul speaks of **God** knowing everything Paul does as if God were physically present and observed everything Paul said and did. Alternate translation: “With God as witness” or “In the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
596
2CO
12
19
vg3u
figs-metaphor
ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς
1
for your strengthening
Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
597
2CO
12
20
cu6s
οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς
1
I may not find you as I wish
Alternate translation: “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
607
2CO
13
2
fxl6
τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν
1
all the rest
Alternate translation: “all you other people”
608
2CO
13
4
a1bf
figs-activepassive
καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη
1
he was crucified
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
609
2CO
13
5
sbx4
ἐν ὑμῖν
1
in you
Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
610
2CO
13
7
u75e
figs-doublenegatives
μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν
1
that you may not do any wrong
If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
611
2CO
13
7
gt2e
δόκιμοι
1
to have passed the test
Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”
612
2CO
13
8
a3l7
οὐ…δυνάμεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας
1
we are not able to do anything against the truth
Alternate translation: “we are not able to keep people from learning the truth”
613
2CO
13
9
vt7b
τὴν ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν
1
for your perfection
Alternate translation: “that you may become spiritually mature”
PHP 4 15 bpc2 figs-explicit μοι…ἐκοινώνησεν 1 no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone Here, **shared with me** means the Philippians helped Paul financially and in other practical ways. Alternate translation: “were partners with” or “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 4 15 rgxx εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως 1 no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the phrase **giving and receiving** could refer either to exchanges that involved money or to exchanges that involved the giving and receiving of non-financial things that would benefit the other party. Here, the phrase **giving and receiving** may refer to both financial and non-financial gifts because the Philippians helped Paul by sending a gift of money via Epaphroditus, who also helped Paul in other ways. Alternate translation: “by sending money and help to me”
PHP 4 16 getb ὅτι καὶ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ 1 no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone Alternate translation: “for even when I was in Thessalonica”
PHP 4 16 puar figs-idiom καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς 1 no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you can use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PHP 4 16 puar figs-idiom καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς 1 no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PHP 4 16 lqor figs-ellipsis εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε 1 no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone Paul is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you sent me money to help me with my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your account At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning figuratively to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω…πάντα 1 I have everything in full The phrase **I have everything in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **everything** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
435
PHP
4
15
bpc2
figs-explicit
μοι…ἐκοινώνησεν
1
no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone
Here, **shared with me** means the Philippians helped Paul financially and in other practical ways. Alternate translation: “were partners with” or “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
436
PHP
4
15
rgxx
εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως
1
no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone
In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the phrase **giving and receiving** could refer either to exchanges that involved money or to exchanges that involved the giving and receiving of non-financial things that would benefit the other party. Here, the phrase **giving and receiving** may refer to both financial and non-financial gifts because the Philippians helped Paul by sending a gift of money via Epaphroditus, who also helped Paul in other ways. Alternate translation: “by sending money and help to me”
437
PHP
4
16
getb
ὅτι καὶ ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ
1
no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone
Alternate translation: “for even when I was in Thessalonica”
438
PHP
4
16
puar
figs-idiom
καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς
1
no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone
The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you can use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])The phrase **both once and twice** is an idiom meaning that something occurred more than one time. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language, or you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “several times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
439
PHP
4
16
lqor
figs-ellipsis
εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατε
1
no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone
Paul is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you sent me money to help me with my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
440
PHP
4
17
bh3t
figs-metaphor
ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν
1
I seek the fruit that increases to your account
At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning figuratively to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
441
PHP
4
18
fs44
ἀπέχω…πάντα
1
I have everything in full
The phrase **I have everything in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **everything** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ COL front intro d9hy 0 # Introduction to Colossians<br><br>## Part 1: General
COL 1 intro gtm3 0 # Colossians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Letter Opening (1:1–12)<br> * Greeting (1:1–2)<br> * Prayer of Thanksgiving (1:3–8)<br> * Prayer of Petition (1:9–12)<br>2. Teaching Section (1:13–2:23)<br> * Christ and His Work (1:13–20)<br> * Christ’s Work Applied to the Colossians (1:21–23)<br> * Paul’s Ministry (1:24–2:5)<br><br>Paul begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his and Timothy’s names, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. This is the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Mystery<br><br>Paul refers to a “mystery” for the first time in this chapter ([1:26–27](../01/26.md)). This does not refer to some secret truth that is hard to understand and that only a few privileged individuals can learn about. Instead, it refers to God’s plans that once were unknown but are now known to all his people. What is the content of this mystery? It is Christ himself, his work, and his union with believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>### Fullness<br><br>Paul refers to “filling” or “fullness” four times in this chapter. First, Paul prays that the Colossians are “filled” with the knowledge of God’s will ([1:9](../01/09.md)). Second, Jesus has all the “fullness” of God ([1:19](../01/19.md)). Third, Paul “fills up” in his flesh what is lacking in the afflictions of Christ ([1:24](../01/24.md)). Fourth, Paul makes the word of God “fully” known ([1:25](../01/25.md)). It is possible that Paul uses “filling” and “fullness” so often because it was something that the false teachers promised. Paul wishes to show instead how “fullness” comes through the work of Christ and through his own work on their behalf. Christ has God’s fullness, and Paul works for Christ by “filling” the Colossians, who then are “filled” with the knowledge of God’s will.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Images for Christian living<br><br>Paul uses many different images to describe Christian living. In this chapter, he uses the images of “walking” and “bearing fruit” (1:10). These images show that Paul wants the Colossians to think about the Christian life as a life that is directed towards a goal (either a destination, if one is walking, or fruit, if one is growing). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>### Light versus dark<br><br>Paul contrasts the “inheritance of the saints in the light” ([1:12](../01/12.md)) with the “authority of the darkness” ([1:12](../01/12.md)). The “light” describes what is good, desirable, and related to God’s favor. The “darkness” describes what is distant from God, opposed to him, and evil.<br><br>### Head and body<br><br>In this chapter, Paul introduces an image that he will develop more fully in chapter 2: that of Christ as the head of the body, which is his church. This image identifies Christ as the source of life and direction for his church, just like the head is the source of life and direction for the body.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The lack of the afflictions of Christ<br><br>In [1:24](../01/24.md), Paul speaks of “the lack of the afflictions of Christ,” a lack that he fills up by his sufferings. This does not mean that Christ somehow failed in his mission and work, and Paul has to fill in the missing pieces. Instead, “lack” refers to something that Christ intentionally left for this followers to complete. He has called them to suffer, just as he himself did, to continue the mission of the church.<br><br>### The “Christ-Hymn”<br><br>Many scholars think that [1:15–20](../01/15.md) is an early Christian hymn that Paul has quoted to remind the Colossians of what they believe in common with other Christians. If this is true, it does not mean that this section says something different than what Paul thinks. Instead, Paul chose to quote it because he fully affirmed it. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could format these verses in a way that shows that they are from a hymn or poem.
COL 1 1 nlf1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Throughout this letter the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” include the Colossian believers unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
COL 1 1 bqvt figs-yousingular 0 General Information: The words “you,” “your,” and “yours” refer to the Colossian believers, and so they are plural unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
COL 1 1 xnhq figs-123person Παῦλος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person here. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
COL 1 1 xnhq figs-123person Παῦλος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
COL 1 1 v9jr translate-names Παῦλος 1 Here and throughout the letter, **Paul** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
COL 1 1 yzlo figs-explicit καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 This phrase does not mean that Timothy helped Paul write this letter. Paul was the author of this letter, as he shows by using the first person singular throughout the letter. What this does mean is that Timothy is with Paul and that Timothy is in agreement with what Paul writes. If it sounds in your language like Timothy is writing the letter with Paul, you can make Timothy’s supporting role more clear. Alternate translation: “with the support of Timothy, our fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 1 1 f3ki translate-names Τιμόθεος 1 **Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
3
COL
1
intro
gtm3
0
# Colossians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Letter Opening (1:1–12)<br> * Greeting (1:1–2)<br> * Prayer of Thanksgiving (1:3–8)<br> * Prayer of Petition (1:9–12)<br>2. Teaching Section (1:13–2:23)<br> * Christ and His Work (1:13–20)<br> * Christ’s Work Applied to the Colossians (1:21–23)<br> * Paul’s Ministry (1:24–2:5)<br><br>Paul begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his and Timothy’s names, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. This is the way people typically began letters at this time.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Mystery<br><br>Paul refers to a “mystery” for the first time in this chapter ([1:26–27](../01/26.md)). This does not refer to some secret truth that is hard to understand and that only a few privileged individuals can learn about. Instead, it refers to God’s plans that once were unknown but are now known to all his people. What is the content of this mystery? It is Christ himself, his work, and his union with believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>### Fullness<br><br>Paul refers to “filling” or “fullness” four times in this chapter. First, Paul prays that the Colossians are “filled” with the knowledge of God’s will ([1:9](../01/09.md)). Second, Jesus has all the “fullness” of God ([1:19](../01/19.md)). Third, Paul “fills up” in his flesh what is lacking in the afflictions of Christ ([1:24](../01/24.md)). Fourth, Paul makes the word of God “fully” known ([1:25](../01/25.md)). It is possible that Paul uses “filling” and “fullness” so often because it was something that the false teachers promised. Paul wishes to show instead how “fullness” comes through the work of Christ and through his own work on their behalf. Christ has God’s fullness, and Paul works for Christ by “filling” the Colossians, who then are “filled” with the knowledge of God’s will.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Images for Christian living<br><br>Paul uses many different images to describe Christian living. In this chapter, he uses the images of “walking” and “bearing fruit” (1:10). These images show that Paul wants the Colossians to think about the Christian life as a life that is directed towards a goal (either a destination, if one is walking, or fruit, if one is growing). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>### Light versus dark<br><br>Paul contrasts the “inheritance of the saints in the light” ([1:12](../01/12.md)) with the “authority of the darkness” ([1:12](../01/12.md)). The “light” describes what is good, desirable, and related to God’s favor. The “darkness” describes what is distant from God, opposed to him, and evil.<br><br>### Head and body<br><br>In this chapter, Paul introduces an image that he will develop more fully in chapter 2: that of Christ as the head of the body, which is his church. This image identifies Christ as the source of life and direction for his church, just like the head is the source of life and direction for the body.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The lack of the afflictions of Christ<br><br>In [1:24](../01/24.md), Paul speaks of “the lack of the afflictions of Christ,” a lack that he fills up by his sufferings. This does not mean that Christ somehow failed in his mission and work, and Paul has to fill in the missing pieces. Instead, “lack” refers to something that Christ intentionally left for this followers to complete. He has called them to suffer, just as he himself did, to continue the mission of the church.<br><br>### The “Christ-Hymn”<br><br>Many scholars think that [1:15–20](../01/15.md) is an early Christian hymn that Paul has quoted to remind the Colossians of what they believe in common with other Christians. If this is true, it does not mean that this section says something different than what Paul thinks. Instead, Paul chose to quote it because he fully affirmed it. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could format these verses in a way that shows that they are from a hymn or poem.
4
COL
1
1
nlf1
figs-exclusive
0
General Information:
Throughout this letter the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” include the Colossian believers unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
5
COL
1
1
bqvt
figs-yousingular
0
General Information:
The words “you,” “your,” and “yours” refer to the Colossian believers, and so they are plural unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6
COL
1
1
xnhq
figs-123person
Παῦλος
1
In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person here. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
7
COL
1
1
v9jr
translate-names
Παῦλος
1
Here and throughout the letter, **Paul** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8
COL
1
1
yzlo
figs-explicit
καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς
1
This phrase does not mean that Timothy helped Paul write this letter. Paul was the author of this letter, as he shows by using the first person singular throughout the letter. What this does mean is that Timothy is with Paul and that Timothy is in agreement with what Paul writes. If it sounds in your language like Timothy is writing the letter with Paul, you can make Timothy’s supporting role more clear. Alternate translation: “with the support of Timothy, our fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9
COL
1
1
f3ki
translate-names
Τιμόθεος
1
**Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 2 16 h3gk figs-abstractnouns δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “always comforts us and has given us good things to hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TH 2 16 iirq figs-abstractnouns ἐν χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how gracious he is to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, the word **hearts** represents both the emotion and will of a person. If **hearts** does not mean this in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he give comfort and strength to your livers” or “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TH 2 17 yw5f figs-synecdoche ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you could do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2TH 2 17 yw5f figs-synecdoche ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you could do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2TH 3 1 k33i checking/headings 0 General Information: In verses 1-5, Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions and encourages them. A heading for this section might be, “Pray for Us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
2TH 3 1 jy75 grammar-connect-words-phrases τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Finally Here, the word **Finally** marks a change in topic. To **pray** is not the final instruction that Paul gives but it is how Paul opens the last section of his letter where he will discuss a few remaining matters. Alternate translation: “One more thing” or “So, continuing on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
141
2TH
2
16
h3gk
figs-abstractnouns
δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν, καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν
1
If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **comfort** and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “always comforts us and has given us good things to hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
142
2TH
2
16
iirq
figs-abstractnouns
ἐν χάριτι
1
If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how gracious he is to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
143
2TH
2
17
x3rr
figs-metonymy
παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι
1
may he comfort and strengthen your hearts
Here, the word **hearts** represents both the emotion and will of a person. If **hearts** does not mean this in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may he give comfort and strength to your livers” or “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144
2TH
2
17
yw5f
figs-synecdoche
ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ
1
every good work and word
If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you could do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the phrase **work and word** with verbs. Alternative translation: “in every good thing that you do and say” or “so that you could do and say everything that is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
145
2TH
3
intro
b8hk
0
# 2 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br><br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
146
2TH
3
1
k33i
checking/headings
0
General Information:
In verses 1-5, Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions and encourages them. A heading for this section might be, “Pray for Us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
147
2TH
3
1
jy75
grammar-connect-words-phrases
τὸ λοιπὸν
1
Finally
Here, the word **Finally** marks a change in topic. To **pray** is not the final instruction that Paul gives but it is how Paul opens the last section of his letter where he will discuss a few remaining matters. Alternate translation: “One more thing” or “So, continuing on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon<br><br>## Part 1: General I
PHM 1 1 ne8k figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Use that here. Alternate translations: “From me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a prisoner of Christ Jesus Paul was in prison because people in authority did not want him to preach about Jesus. They put him there in order to stop him and to punish him. This does not mean that Jesus had put Paul in prison. Alternate translation: “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus”
PHM 1 1 sv3p ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 our brother Paul is using the term **brother** figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our companion in the faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
PHM 1 1 y9zu figs-exclusive ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Timothy to Paul and the readers as a brother in Christ. If your language requires this, you can do the same. If not, you could follow the original wording, which says, “the brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 1 y9zu figs-exclusive ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Timothy to Paul and the readers as a brother in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could follow the original wording, which says, “the brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 1 gvmy translate-names Φιλήμονι 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PHM 1 1 q84z figs-explicit Φιλήμονι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to Philemon, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν 1 and our fellow worker If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
PHM 1 2 b37l translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ 1 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PHM 1 2 bb1s figs-exclusive τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you can do the same. If not, you could do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 2 bb1s figs-exclusive τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 2 hhpc figs-metaphor τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Paul is using the term **sister** figuratively to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
PHM 1 2 e8su figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 2 kyzo Ἀπφίᾳ…Ἀρχίππῳ…τῇ…ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 The letter is predominantly addressed to Philemon. It could be misleading to suggest Paul is writing to **Apphia**, **Archippus**, and **the church** in Philemon’s house, on the same level as he is writing to Philemon.
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
3
PHM
1
1
ne8k
figs-123person
Παῦλος
1
Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Use that here. Alternate translations: “From me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
4
PHM
1
1
cgs4
δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ
1
a prisoner of Christ Jesus
Paul was in prison because people in authority did not want him to preach about Jesus. They put him there in order to stop him and to punish him. This does not mean that Jesus had put Paul in prison. Alternate translation: “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus”
5
PHM
1
1
sv3p
ὁ ἀδελφὸς
1
our brother
Paul is using the term **brother** figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our companion in the faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
6
PHM
1
1
y9zu
figs-exclusive
ὁ ἀδελφὸς
1
Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Timothy to Paul and the readers as a brother in Christ. If your language requires this, you can do the same. If not, you could follow the original wording, which says, “the brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Timothy to Paul and the readers as a brother in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could follow the original wording, which says, “the brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
7
PHM
1
1
gvmy
translate-names
Φιλήμονι
1
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8
PHM
1
1
q84z
figs-explicit
Φιλήμονι
1
If it would be more natural in your language, you could include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to Philemon, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9
PHM
1
1
r3l9
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
our
The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10
PHM
1
1
ww3l
καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν
1
and our fellow worker
If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
11
PHM
1
2
b37l
translate-names
Ἀπφίᾳ
1
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12
PHM
1
2
bb1s
figs-exclusive
τῇ ἀδελφῇ
1
Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you can do the same. If not, you could do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you could do the same. If not, you could do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
13
PHM
1
2
hhpc
figs-metaphor
τῇ ἀδελφῇ
1
Paul is using the term **sister** figuratively to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
14
PHM
1
2
e8su
figs-exclusive
ἡμῶν
1
our
The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
15
PHM
1
2
kyzo
Ἀπφίᾳ…Ἀρχίππῳ…τῇ…ἐκκλησίᾳ
1
The letter is predominantly addressed to Philemon. It could be misleading to suggest Paul is writing to **Apphia**, **Archippus**, and **the church** in Philemon’s house, on the same level as he is writing to Philemon.
See in Reader
Larry Sallee